1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
64 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 /* readline include files */
67 #include "readline/readline.h"
68 #include "readline/history.h"
70 /* readline defines this. */
73 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
75 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
76 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
77 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97 static void clear_command (char *, int);
99 static void catch_command (char *, int);
101 static void watch_command (char *, int);
103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
105 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
107 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
109 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
110 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
111 struct symtab_and_line,
114 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
116 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
122 struct obj_section *, int);
124 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
126 struct address_space *aspace2,
129 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
130 struct bp_location *loc2);
132 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
134 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
136 static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
138 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
140 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
142 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
144 static void commands_command (char *, int);
146 static void condition_command (char *, int);
148 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
157 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
158 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
160 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
162 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
164 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
166 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
168 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
170 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
172 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
176 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
178 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
182 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
184 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
186 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
188 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
193 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
199 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
201 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
204 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
206 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
208 static void update_global_location_list (int);
210 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
212 static int bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th,
215 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
217 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
221 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
223 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
225 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
227 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
229 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
231 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
233 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
234 breakpoints share a single command list. */
235 struct counted_command_line
237 /* The reference count. */
240 /* The command list. */
241 struct command_line *commands;
244 struct command_line *
245 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
247 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
250 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
251 current breakpoint. */
253 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
256 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
258 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
259 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
260 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
262 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
265 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
266 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
267 if such is available. */
268 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
271 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
272 struct cmd_list_element *c,
275 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
276 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
280 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
281 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
282 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
283 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
284 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
286 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
287 struct cmd_list_element *c,
290 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
291 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
295 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
296 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
297 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
298 use hardware breakpoints. */
299 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
301 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
302 struct cmd_list_element *c,
305 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
306 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
310 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
311 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
312 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
313 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
314 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
316 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
317 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
318 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
319 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
320 always_inserted_auto,
325 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
327 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
328 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
330 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
331 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
332 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
334 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
336 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
342 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
343 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
346 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
348 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
349 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
351 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
352 static int overlay_events_enabled;
354 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
358 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
360 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
361 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
362 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
365 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
366 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
367 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
369 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
370 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
371 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
374 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
376 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
377 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
378 if (is_tracepoint (B))
380 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
382 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
384 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
386 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
388 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
390 static unsigned bp_location_count;
392 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
393 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
394 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
395 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
397 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
399 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
400 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
401 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
402 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
403 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
405 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
407 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
408 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
409 may still be reported by a target. */
410 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
412 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
414 static int breakpoint_count;
416 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
417 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
418 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
419 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
420 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
422 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
424 static int tracepoint_count;
426 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
427 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
428 static struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
430 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
432 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
434 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
437 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
440 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
442 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
443 breakpoint_count = num;
444 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
447 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
448 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
449 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
451 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
455 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
457 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
460 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
464 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
466 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
469 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
472 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
474 struct breakpoint *b;
480 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
481 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
483 static struct counted_command_line *
484 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
486 struct counted_command_line *result
487 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
490 result->commands = commands;
494 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
497 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
503 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
504 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
505 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
508 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
512 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
514 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
521 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
524 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
526 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
529 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
532 static struct cleanup *
533 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
535 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
538 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
539 for "break" command with no arg.
540 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
541 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
543 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
545 int default_breakpoint_valid;
546 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
547 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
548 int default_breakpoint_line;
549 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
552 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
553 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
555 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
556 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
557 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
559 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
561 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
562 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
564 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
566 int retval = 0; /* default */
570 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
571 return breakpoint_count;
574 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
575 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
580 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
582 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
583 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
584 varname[p - start] = '\0';
585 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname), &val))
589 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
597 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
600 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
602 /* Skip non-numeric token */
603 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
605 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
611 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
613 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
614 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
625 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
627 get_number (char **pp)
629 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
632 /* Parse a number or a range.
633 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
634 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
635 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
638 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
639 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
641 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
642 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
643 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
644 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
645 * pointer PP past <number2>.
649 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
651 static int last_retval, end_value;
652 static char *end_ptr;
653 static int in_range = 0;
657 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
658 or to the first number of a range. */
659 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
664 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
665 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
666 and also remember the end of the final token. */
670 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
671 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
672 end_value = get_number (temp);
673 if (end_value < last_retval)
675 error (_("inverted range"));
677 else if (end_value == last_retval)
679 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
680 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
689 error (_("negative value"));
692 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
693 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
694 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
695 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
698 if (++last_retval == end_value)
700 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
708 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
709 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
712 get_breakpoint (int num)
714 struct breakpoint *b;
717 if (b->number == num)
726 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
729 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
731 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
736 xfree (b->cond_string);
737 b->cond_string = NULL;
744 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
750 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
751 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
752 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
753 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
755 if (is_watchpoint (b))
757 innermost_block = NULL;
759 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
761 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
762 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
766 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
770 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
772 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
776 breakpoints_changed ();
777 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
780 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
783 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
785 struct breakpoint *b;
790 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
793 bnum = get_number (&p);
795 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
798 if (b->number == bnum)
800 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
804 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
807 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
808 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
809 Throw if any such commands is found.
812 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
814 struct command_line *c;
816 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
820 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
821 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
823 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
824 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
826 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
827 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
829 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
830 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
832 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
833 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
837 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
840 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
842 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint);
845 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
846 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
850 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
851 struct command_line *commands)
853 if (is_tracepoint (b))
855 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands
856 is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping
857 element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands
858 excluding nested while-stepping. */
859 struct command_line *c;
860 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
861 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
863 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
865 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
866 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
869 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once"));
876 struct command_line *c2;
878 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
879 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
880 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
882 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
883 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
889 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
893 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
894 validate that only allowed commands are included.
898 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b, struct command_line *commands)
900 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
902 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
903 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
904 breakpoints_changed ();
905 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
909 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
911 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
913 validate_actionline (&line, b);
916 /* A structure used to pass information through
917 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
921 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
924 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
927 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
928 already-parsed command. */
929 struct command_line *control;
931 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
933 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
936 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
940 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
942 struct commands_info *info = data;
944 if (info->cmd == NULL)
946 struct command_line *l;
948 if (info->control != NULL)
949 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
952 struct cleanup *old_chain;
955 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."),
958 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
960 l = read_command_lines (str,
963 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
966 do_cleanups (old_chain);
969 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
972 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
974 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
976 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
977 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
978 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
979 b->commands = info->cmd;
980 breakpoints_changed ();
981 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
986 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct command_line *control)
988 struct cleanup *cleanups;
989 struct commands_info info;
991 info.from_tty = from_tty;
992 info.control = control;
994 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
995 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
996 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
998 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1000 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1001 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1, breakpoint_count);
1002 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1003 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1006 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1007 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1008 numbers will fail in this case. */
1013 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1015 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1018 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1022 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1024 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1025 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1027 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1031 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1033 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1036 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1037 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1039 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1040 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1041 enum command_control_type
1042 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1044 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1045 return simple_control;
1048 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1051 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1053 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1057 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1058 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1063 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1064 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1066 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1067 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1068 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1069 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1070 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1071 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1072 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1074 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1077 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1079 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
1080 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1082 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
1083 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
1086 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1087 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1089 struct bp_location *b;
1091 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1092 b = bp_location[bc];
1094 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
1095 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
1096 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1098 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
1099 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
1102 if (b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max >= b->address
1103 && b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr)
1109 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1111 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1113 struct bp_location *b = bp_location[bc];
1114 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1118 /* bp_location array has B->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1119 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1120 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1123 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1126 if (b->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1127 && memaddr + len <= b->address
1128 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1131 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b))
1133 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1134 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1137 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1139 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
1140 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
1142 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1143 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1147 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1148 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1152 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1153 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1155 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1156 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1157 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1161 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1163 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1164 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1167 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1168 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1173 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
1175 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
1177 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
1179 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
1180 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
1185 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1188 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1190 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1191 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1192 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1195 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1199 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1201 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1202 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1205 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
1206 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
1207 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
1210 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
1211 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
1212 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
1213 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
1214 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
1216 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
1217 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
1218 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
1219 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
1221 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
1222 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
1223 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
1227 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
1228 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
1230 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
1231 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
1239 /* Evaluate the expression. */
1240 mark = value_mark ();
1243 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
1245 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
1249 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
1250 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
1251 error to some higher catcher. */
1257 throw_exception (ex);
1262 new_mark = value_mark ();
1263 if (mark == new_mark)
1268 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
1269 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
1271 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
1276 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
1277 decide which addresses to watch. */
1278 *val_chain = new_mark;
1279 value_release_to_mark (mark);
1283 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1284 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1285 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1286 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1287 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1288 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1289 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1290 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1294 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1296 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1297 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1298 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1301 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1302 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1303 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1304 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1306 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1308 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1309 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1311 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1312 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1313 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1314 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1315 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1316 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1317 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1319 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1320 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1321 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1322 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1323 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1324 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1325 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1326 memory content has not changed.
1328 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1331 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1332 several times when GDB stops.
1335 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1336 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1337 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1338 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1339 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1340 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1341 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1342 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1343 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1344 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1346 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1347 removal from inferior. */
1350 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1352 int within_current_scope;
1353 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1356 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1357 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1358 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1359 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1362 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1363 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1364 breakpoints if needed. */
1367 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1372 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1373 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1374 within_current_scope = 1;
1377 struct frame_info *fi;
1379 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1380 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1381 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1382 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1385 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1387 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1388 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1389 if (within_current_scope)
1393 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1402 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1403 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1404 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1405 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1406 be completely different objects. */
1407 value_free (b->val);
1411 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1412 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1413 locations (re)created below. */
1414 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1416 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1418 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1423 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1427 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1428 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1429 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1430 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1431 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1432 if ( !target_has_execution)
1434 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1435 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1436 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1438 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1440 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1441 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1443 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1445 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1446 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1447 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1448 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1455 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1456 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1457 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1458 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
1461 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
1463 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1464 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1465 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1466 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1467 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1469 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1470 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
1472 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1475 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1478 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1479 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
1480 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1481 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1483 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1487 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1489 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1490 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1492 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1493 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1494 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1495 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1496 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1497 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1498 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1500 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1502 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1503 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1504 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1506 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1507 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1511 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1513 addr = value_address (v);
1514 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1516 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1518 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1521 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1522 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1525 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1527 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1528 loc->address = addr;
1530 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1534 next = value_next (v);
1539 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1540 above left it without any location set up. But,
1541 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1542 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1543 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1545 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1546 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1547 b->loc->address = -1;
1548 b->loc->length = -1;
1549 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1552 else if (!within_current_scope)
1554 printf_filtered (_("\
1555 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1556 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1558 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1560 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1561 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
1562 b->related_breakpoint= NULL;
1564 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1567 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1569 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1573 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1574 inserted in the inferior. */
1576 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1578 if (bpt->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1581 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1584 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1587 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1588 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1589 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1590 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1591 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1592 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1593 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1594 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1595 if (bpt->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1598 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1600 if (is_tracepoint (bpt->owner))
1606 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1607 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1608 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1610 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1611 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1613 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1614 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1615 int *disabled_breaks,
1616 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1620 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1623 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1624 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1625 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1626 bpt->target_info.placed_address_space = bpt->pspace->aspace;
1628 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1629 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1631 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1633 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1634 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1635 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1636 Two important cases are:
1637 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1638 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1639 hardware breakpoint.
1640 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1641 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1642 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1644 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1645 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1646 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1647 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1648 struct mem_region *mr
1649 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1653 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1655 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1657 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1658 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1660 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1662 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1664 static int said = 0;
1666 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1669 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1670 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1675 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1676 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1677 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1678 paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address));
1682 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1683 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1684 || bpt->section == NULL
1685 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1687 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1689 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1690 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1693 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1705 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1707 bpt->owner->number);
1710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1713 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1714 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1715 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1716 &bpt->overlay_target_info);
1718 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1719 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1720 bpt->owner->number);
1723 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1724 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1726 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1727 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1728 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1731 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch,
1736 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1737 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1744 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1745 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->pspace, bpt->address))
1747 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1749 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1750 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1752 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1753 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1754 bpt->owner->number);
1755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1756 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1758 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1759 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1760 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1764 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1766 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1767 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1768 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1769 bpt->owner->number);
1773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1774 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1775 bpt->owner->number);
1776 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1777 "Error accessing memory address ");
1778 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address),
1780 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1781 safe_strerror (val));
1792 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1793 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1794 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1795 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1797 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1799 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1801 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1802 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1803 if (val == 1 && bpt->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1805 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1807 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1808 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1810 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1812 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1813 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt, loc))
1817 bpt->target_info = loc->target_info;
1818 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1825 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1829 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1833 bpt->inserted = (val == 0);
1836 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1838 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1839 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1840 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1841 bpt->owner->number);
1843 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1847 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1848 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1849 so just return success. */
1856 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1857 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1861 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1863 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1864 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1866 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1869 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1870 delete_breakpoint (b);
1873 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1874 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1877 struct bp_location *tmp;
1879 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1881 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1882 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1883 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1885 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1886 if (tmp->next == loc)
1888 tmp->next = loc->next;
1894 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1895 removed locations above. */
1896 update_global_location_list (0);
1899 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1900 Throws exception on any error.
1901 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1902 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1904 insert_breakpoints (void)
1906 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1909 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1910 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1912 update_global_location_list (1);
1914 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1915 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1917 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1918 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1921 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1922 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1923 Both return zero if successful,
1924 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1927 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1929 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1930 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
1933 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1934 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1936 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1937 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1939 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1940 there was an error. */
1941 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1943 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
1947 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1950 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1951 thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has B->OWNER
1953 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1954 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1957 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
1959 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1960 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1961 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1962 insert breakpoints. */
1963 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1964 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1967 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1969 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1974 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1975 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1978 int some_failed = 0;
1979 struct bp_location *loc;
1981 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1984 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1987 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1990 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1991 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1998 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2000 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2002 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2003 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2004 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2012 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2013 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2014 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2016 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2017 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2018 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2020 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2021 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2024 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2028 remove_breakpoints (void)
2030 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2033 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2036 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
2041 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2044 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2046 struct bp_location *b, **b_tmp;
2048 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, b_tmp)
2052 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2057 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
2066 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2068 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2073 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2074 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
2080 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2082 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2083 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2085 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2086 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2087 struct inferior *inf;
2088 struct thread_info *tp;
2090 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2094 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2095 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2097 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2099 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2103 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2109 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
2113 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2118 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2122 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2124 static struct breakpoint *
2125 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2126 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2128 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2129 struct breakpoint *b;
2131 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
2134 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2135 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2137 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2138 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2139 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2145 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
2147 struct objfile *objfile;
2149 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2151 struct breakpoint *b;
2152 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2154 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2158 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2159 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2161 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2163 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2165 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2166 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2170 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2171 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2174 update_global_location_list (1);
2178 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name)
2180 struct program_space *pspace;
2181 struct objfile *objfile;
2182 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2184 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2186 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2189 struct breakpoint *b;
2190 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2192 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile)))
2195 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2197 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2201 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2202 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2204 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2205 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2207 update_global_location_list (1);
2209 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2212 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function
2213 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */
2215 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name)
2217 struct program_space *pspace;
2218 struct objfile *objfile;
2219 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2221 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2223 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2224 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2226 struct breakpoint *b;
2227 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2229 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2231 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2232 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2233 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2236 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile),
2237 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
2238 bp_std_terminate_master);
2239 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2240 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2242 update_global_location_list (1);
2244 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2248 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2250 struct breakpoint *b;
2251 struct breakpoint *temp;
2252 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2254 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2255 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2256 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2257 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2258 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2259 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2260 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2261 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2263 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2264 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
2268 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2271 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2272 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2274 delete_breakpoint (b);
2278 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2279 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2281 delete_breakpoint (b);
2285 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2286 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2287 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2288 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
2290 delete_breakpoint (b);
2294 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2295 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
2297 delete_breakpoint (b);
2301 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2303 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
2305 delete_breakpoint (b);
2309 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2311 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2312 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2313 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2314 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2318 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2319 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2320 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2321 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2322 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2323 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2325 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2326 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2327 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2328 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2329 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2330 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2331 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2333 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2334 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2335 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2336 let finish_command delete it.
2338 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2339 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2340 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2341 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2342 solib breakpoints.) */
2344 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2349 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2350 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2352 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2354 delete_breakpoint (b);
2358 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2359 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2360 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2361 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2362 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2363 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2364 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
2368 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2370 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp;
2372 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2373 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2375 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2376 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2378 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2379 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp)
2382 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace)
2386 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (b, mark_inserted);
2389 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2390 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2392 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2396 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2397 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2398 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2399 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2400 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2403 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
2407 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2408 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL);
2410 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2411 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2414 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2415 This should not ever happen. */
2416 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
2418 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2421 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2422 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2423 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2425 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2426 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2427 || b->section == NULL
2428 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
2430 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2432 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2433 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info);
2435 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info);
2439 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2440 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2441 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2443 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2444 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2446 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2447 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2448 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2449 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2450 &b->overlay_target_info);
2452 target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2453 &b->overlay_target_info);
2455 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2456 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2459 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2460 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2461 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2462 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2463 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2464 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2467 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2468 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2469 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2470 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
2471 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch,
2478 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2483 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2484 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2485 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2486 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->pspace, b->address))
2491 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2493 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2495 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2496 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
2497 b->watchpoint_type);
2499 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2500 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
2501 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2504 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2505 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
2508 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
2510 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
2513 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2520 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
2523 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2525 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2526 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL);
2528 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2529 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2532 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2533 This should not ever happen. */
2534 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
2536 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2538 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
2540 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (b, is);
2542 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2546 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2549 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2551 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2553 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2554 if (bpt->pspace == current_program_space)
2558 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2559 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2561 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2564 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2565 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2566 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2571 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2573 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
2574 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2576 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2578 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2580 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2583 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2585 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2586 if (bpt->pspace == pspace
2587 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
2593 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2600 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2601 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2604 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2606 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2608 case bp_shlib_event:
2610 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2611 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2612 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2613 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2614 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2616 (gdb) file prog-linux
2617 (gdb) run # native linux target
2620 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2621 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2624 delete_breakpoint (b);
2628 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2629 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2630 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2632 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2633 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2634 delete_breakpoint (b);
2635 else if (context == inf_starting)
2637 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2638 in insert_breakpoints. */
2640 value_free (b->val);
2650 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2651 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
2652 free_bp_location (bpt);
2653 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2656 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2657 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2658 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2659 match, not program space. */
2661 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2662 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2663 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2664 permanent breakpoint.
2665 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2666 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2667 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2668 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2669 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2671 enum breakpoint_here
2672 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2674 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2675 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2677 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2679 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2680 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2683 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2684 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
2685 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2686 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2689 if (overlay_debugging
2690 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2691 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2692 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2693 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2694 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2696 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2700 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2703 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2706 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2708 struct bp_location *loc;
2711 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2712 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
2719 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2720 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2721 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2722 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2725 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2727 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2731 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2732 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2736 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2739 if (overlay_debugging
2740 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2741 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2742 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2750 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2751 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2754 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2756 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2759 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2765 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2769 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2771 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2775 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2779 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2782 if (overlay_debugging
2783 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2784 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2785 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2791 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2792 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2799 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2800 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2802 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2806 struct bp_location *loc;
2808 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2809 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2812 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2815 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2816 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2820 /* Check for intersection. */
2821 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2822 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2830 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2831 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2834 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2837 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp;
2838 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp)
2844 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2845 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2848 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2849 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
2850 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2853 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address,
2857 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
2859 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2860 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2861 it is now time to do so. */
2863 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2864 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
2868 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
2870 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2871 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2872 it is now time to do so. */
2874 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2875 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
2879 if (overlay_debugging
2880 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2881 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2882 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2891 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2895 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
2897 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
2901 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
2903 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2904 value_free (bs->old_val);
2905 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
2909 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2910 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2913 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2930 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2931 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2934 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2938 bpstat retval = NULL;
2943 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2945 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2946 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2947 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
2948 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2950 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2951 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2955 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2965 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2968 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2973 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2975 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2981 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2982 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2983 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2984 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2985 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2986 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2988 Return 1 otherwise. */
2991 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2993 struct breakpoint *b;
2996 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2998 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2999 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
3000 this function might return the same number more
3001 than once and this will look ugly. */
3002 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
3003 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3005 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3007 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3011 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3014 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3016 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3018 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3019 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3020 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3022 value_free (bs->old_val);
3028 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3031 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3033 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3035 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3037 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3038 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3039 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3040 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3045 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3048 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
3050 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3052 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3055 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
3056 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
3057 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
3058 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3060 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3061 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3062 bpstat of the current thread. */
3065 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3068 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3071 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3073 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3076 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3077 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3079 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3082 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3083 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3085 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3086 struct command_line *cmd;
3087 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3089 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3091 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3092 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3093 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3094 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3095 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3096 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3097 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3098 the tree when we're done. */
3099 ccmd = bs->commands;
3100 bs->commands = NULL;
3102 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3103 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3104 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3108 execute_control_command (cmd);
3110 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3116 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3117 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3119 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3121 if (target_can_async_p ())
3122 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3123 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3124 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3127 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3128 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3129 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3130 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3131 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3132 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3133 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3134 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3135 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3136 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3137 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3138 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3139 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3144 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3149 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3151 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3152 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3153 && target_has_execution
3154 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3155 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3156 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3157 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3158 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3159 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3160 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
3164 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3167 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3170 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3173 struct value_print_options opts;
3174 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3175 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3179 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3180 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3181 by having it set different print_it values.
3183 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3184 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3185 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3186 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3187 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3189 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3190 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3191 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3192 don't print anything else.
3193 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3194 that something to be followed by a location.
3195 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3196 that something to be followed by a location.
3197 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3200 static enum print_stop_action
3201 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3203 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3204 struct breakpoint *b;
3205 const struct bp_location *bl;
3206 struct ui_stream *stb;
3208 enum print_stop_action result;
3210 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3211 which has since been deleted. */
3212 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3213 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3214 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3216 /* bl->owner can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3217 which has since been placed into moribund_locations. */
3218 if (bl->owner == NULL)
3219 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3222 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3223 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3228 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3229 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
3230 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3231 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3234 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3236 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3238 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3239 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3241 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3242 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3243 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3245 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3246 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3247 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3250 case bp_shlib_event:
3251 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3252 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3253 to shlib event" message.) */
3254 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3255 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3258 case bp_thread_event:
3259 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3260 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3261 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3262 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3265 case bp_overlay_event:
3266 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3267 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3268 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3271 case bp_longjmp_master:
3272 /* These should never be enabled. */
3273 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3274 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3277 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3278 /* These should never be enabled. */
3279 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3280 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3284 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3285 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3286 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3289 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3291 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3292 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3293 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3294 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3295 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3296 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3297 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3298 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3299 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3300 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3303 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3304 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3307 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3309 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3311 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3312 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3314 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3317 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3318 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3320 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3321 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3324 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3326 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3327 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3328 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3329 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3335 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3338 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3339 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3340 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3342 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3343 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3344 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3345 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3348 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3352 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3355 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3356 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3360 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3363 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3364 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3369 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3370 case bp_step_resume:
3371 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3373 case bp_std_terminate:
3375 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3378 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3382 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3386 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3387 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3388 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3389 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3392 static enum print_stop_action
3393 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3395 switch (bs->print_it)
3398 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3399 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3403 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3404 relevant messages. */
3405 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3408 case print_it_normal:
3410 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3411 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
3413 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3414 print_it_typical. */
3415 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3416 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3417 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3419 return print_it_typical (bs);
3424 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3425 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3430 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3431 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3432 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3433 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3434 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3435 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3438 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3439 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3440 code to print the location. An example is
3441 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3443 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3444 to also print the location part of the message.
3445 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3446 don't require a location appended to the end.
3447 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3448 further info to be printed.*/
3450 enum print_stop_action
3451 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3455 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3456 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3457 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3458 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3459 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3461 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3462 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3463 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3464 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3468 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3469 with and nothing was printed. */
3470 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3473 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3474 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3475 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3476 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3479 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3481 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3482 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3484 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3488 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3491 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
3495 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3497 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
3498 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3499 bs->commands = NULL;
3500 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3502 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3506 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3507 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3510 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3512 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3514 struct breakpoint *b;
3516 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3518 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3519 as not triggered. */
3521 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3522 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3527 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
3529 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3530 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3532 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3533 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3535 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3538 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3539 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3543 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3545 struct bp_location *loc;
3547 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3548 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3549 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3551 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
3555 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3563 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3564 because of check_errors). */
3565 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3566 #define WP_DELETED 1
3567 /* The value has changed. */
3568 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3569 /* The value has not changed. */
3570 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3571 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3574 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3575 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3577 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3579 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3580 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3583 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3585 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3586 struct breakpoint *b;
3587 struct frame_info *fr;
3588 int within_current_scope;
3590 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3591 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3592 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at->owner != NULL);
3593 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
3595 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3596 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3597 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3598 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3601 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3602 within_current_scope = 1;
3605 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3606 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3607 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3609 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3610 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3611 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3612 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3613 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3614 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3615 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3616 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3617 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3620 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3621 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3623 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3624 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3625 if (within_current_scope)
3627 struct symbol *function;
3629 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3630 if (function == NULL
3631 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3632 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3633 within_current_scope = 0;
3636 if (within_current_scope)
3637 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3638 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3643 if (within_current_scope)
3645 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3646 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3647 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3648 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3650 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3651 struct value *new_val;
3653 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3655 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3656 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3657 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3658 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3659 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3661 if (new_val != NULL)
3663 release_value (new_val);
3664 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3666 bs->old_val = b->val;
3669 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3673 /* Nothing changed. */
3674 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3675 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3680 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3681 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3682 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3683 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3684 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3685 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3686 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3687 the first value assigned). */
3688 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3689 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3690 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3691 information here. */
3692 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3694 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3698 which its expression is valid.\n");
3700 if (b->related_breakpoint)
3702 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3703 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3704 b->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3706 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3712 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3713 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3714 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3716 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3717 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3719 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3721 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3722 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3724 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3726 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3729 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3730 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3731 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3733 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3736 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3737 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3738 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3742 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3743 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3744 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3745 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3746 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3747 (did not match the data address). */
3749 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3750 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3753 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3755 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3757 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3758 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3759 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3763 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3765 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
3766 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
3773 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3774 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3777 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3779 const struct bp_location *bl;
3780 struct breakpoint *b;
3782 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3783 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3784 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3786 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3788 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3790 int must_check_value = 0;
3792 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3793 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3795 must_check_value = 1;
3796 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3797 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3798 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3800 must_check_value = 1;
3801 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3802 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3803 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3804 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3805 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3806 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3807 must_check_value = 1;
3809 if (must_check_value)
3811 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3813 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3814 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3816 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3820 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3821 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3825 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3828 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3829 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3831 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3833 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3834 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3835 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3836 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3837 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3838 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3839 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3842 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3843 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3846 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3847 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3848 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3849 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3851 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3852 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3853 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3856 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3857 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3858 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3859 changes. This still gives false positives when
3860 the program writes the same value to memory as
3861 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3862 it for a read), but it's much better than
3865 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3867 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3869 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3872 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3873 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3874 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
3875 == watch_triggered_yes))
3877 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3882 if (other_write_watchpoint
3883 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3885 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3886 and the value changed since the last time we
3887 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3889 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3894 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3895 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3896 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3898 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3899 the value hasn't changed. */
3900 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3908 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3909 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
3910 if (b->related_breakpoint)
3911 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3912 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3913 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3914 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3918 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3920 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3921 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3922 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3923 anything for this watchpoint. */
3924 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3931 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3932 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3933 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3935 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3937 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3938 const struct bp_location *bl;
3939 struct breakpoint *b;
3941 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3942 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
3943 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3945 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3947 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3948 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3952 int value_is_zero = 0;
3953 struct expression *cond;
3955 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3956 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3957 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3959 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
3960 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3962 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3967 if (cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3969 int within_current_scope = 1;
3971 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3972 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3973 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3974 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3976 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3978 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3979 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3980 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3981 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3982 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3984 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
3985 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3988 struct frame_info *frame;
3990 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
3991 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
3992 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
3993 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
3994 really matter which instantiation of the function
3995 where the condition makes sense triggers the
3996 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
3997 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
3998 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
3999 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4000 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4001 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4002 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4004 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4006 select_frame (frame);
4008 within_current_scope = 0;
4010 if (within_current_scope)
4012 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4013 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4017 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4018 "in the current scope"));
4019 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4020 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4023 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
4024 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4027 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4031 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4035 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4038 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4040 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
4048 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4049 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4051 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4052 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
4054 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4056 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4058 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4059 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4060 several reasons concurrently.)
4062 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4063 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4066 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4067 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4069 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4070 struct bp_location *bl;
4071 struct bp_location *loc;
4072 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
4073 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
4074 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4075 bpstat bs = root_bs;
4077 int need_remove_insert;
4079 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
4080 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
4081 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
4085 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4088 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4090 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
4091 The watchpoint_check function will work on the entire expression,
4092 not the individual locations. For read watchpoints, the
4093 watchpoints_triggered function has checked all locations
4095 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4098 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4101 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4104 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
4106 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
4108 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
4109 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
4114 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4118 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4119 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4120 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
4121 /* We do not stop for these. */
4124 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4130 /* We will stop here */
4131 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4133 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4134 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4135 update_global_location_list (0);
4139 bs->commands = b->commands;
4140 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4141 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4142 if (bs->commands_left
4143 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4146 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4148 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4153 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4154 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4155 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4159 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4161 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
4164 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
4165 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4168 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4172 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
4174 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4175 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4176 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4178 need_remove_insert = 0;
4179 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (root_bs->next))
4180 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4182 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
4183 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner))
4185 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4186 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
4187 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
4188 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
4189 need_remove_insert = 1;
4192 if (need_remove_insert)
4193 update_global_location_list (1);
4195 return root_bs->next;
4199 handle_jit_event (void)
4201 struct frame_info *frame;
4202 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4204 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4205 breakpoint_re_set. */
4206 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4208 frame = get_current_frame ();
4209 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4211 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4213 target_terminal_inferior ();
4216 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4218 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4221 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
4223 struct bpstat_what retval;
4224 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4225 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4226 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4227 int shlib_event = 0;
4230 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4231 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4233 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4235 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4236 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4237 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4240 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4242 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4243 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4246 else if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
4249 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type;
4256 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4262 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4264 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4267 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4270 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4271 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4272 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4276 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4278 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4282 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4283 This requires no further action. */
4287 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4289 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4290 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4292 case bp_step_resume:
4294 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4297 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4298 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4301 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4302 case bp_thread_event:
4303 case bp_overlay_event:
4304 case bp_longjmp_master:
4305 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4306 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4312 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4314 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4318 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4319 This requires no further action. */
4322 case bp_shlib_event:
4325 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4326 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4327 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4328 loaded objects (among other things). */
4329 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4330 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4332 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4336 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4339 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4340 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4341 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4342 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4344 case bp_std_terminate:
4345 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4346 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4347 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4348 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4351 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4352 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4353 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4355 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4356 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4358 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4359 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4362 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4368 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4370 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4371 to be adding them automatically. */
4373 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4374 breakpoint_re_set. */
4375 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4378 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4380 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add);
4383 target_terminal_inferior ();
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4391 handle_jit_event ();
4397 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4398 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4399 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4402 bpstat_should_step (void)
4404 struct breakpoint *b;
4407 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4413 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4415 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4424 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4426 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4427 struct bp_location *loc,
4429 struct ui_stream *stb)
4431 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4433 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4437 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4439 if (b->source_file && loc)
4442 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4445 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4446 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4447 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4448 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
4449 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
4451 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4452 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4456 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4457 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4460 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4463 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4467 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4469 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4474 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4477 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4479 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4480 struct bp_location *loc,
4482 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4483 int print_address_bits,
4486 struct command_line *l;
4487 struct ep_type_description
4492 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4494 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4495 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4496 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4497 {bp_until, "until"},
4498 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4499 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4500 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4501 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4502 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4503 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4504 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4505 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4506 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4507 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4508 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4509 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4510 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4511 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4512 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4513 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4514 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4515 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4516 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4517 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4520 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4521 char wrap_indent[80];
4522 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4523 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4524 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4526 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4527 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4528 struct value_print_options opts;
4530 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4532 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4533 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4534 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4538 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4539 header_of_multiple = 1;
4544 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4548 if (part_of_multiple)
4551 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4557 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4562 if (part_of_multiple)
4563 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4566 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
4568 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4569 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
4576 if (part_of_multiple)
4577 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4579 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4584 if (part_of_multiple)
4585 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4587 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4588 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4589 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4593 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
4594 if (opts.addressprint)
4596 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
4597 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
4599 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
4602 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4604 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4605 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4606 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4607 just one location. */
4608 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4609 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4615 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4616 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4620 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4621 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4622 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4623 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4624 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4625 is relatively readable). */
4626 if (opts.addressprint)
4627 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4633 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4637 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4638 case bp_step_resume:
4639 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4641 case bp_std_terminate:
4642 case bp_shlib_event:
4643 case bp_thread_event:
4644 case bp_overlay_event:
4645 case bp_longjmp_master:
4646 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4648 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4650 if (opts.addressprint)
4653 if (header_of_multiple)
4654 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4655 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4658 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4659 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4662 if (!header_of_multiple)
4663 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
4670 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4673 && !header_of_multiple
4675 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4676 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4677 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4678 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in moribund_locations and
4679 thus having NULL OWNER. */
4680 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4682 struct inferior *inf;
4685 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4687 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4692 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4695 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4696 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4701 if (!part_of_multiple)
4703 if (b->thread != -1)
4705 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4706 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4707 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4708 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4710 else if (b->task != 0)
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4713 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4719 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4722 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4723 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4725 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4726 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4727 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4730 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
4732 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4733 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4734 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4736 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4737 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4740 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4741 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4744 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4746 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4747 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4748 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4752 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4754 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4755 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4756 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4759 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4760 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4761 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4762 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4764 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4767 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4768 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4769 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4770 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4771 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4773 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4776 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4777 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4778 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4781 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4782 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4784 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4787 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4788 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4789 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4792 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
4794 annotate_field (10);
4795 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4796 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
4797 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4803 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4804 else if (b->exp_string)
4805 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
4808 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
4809 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4813 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
4814 struct bp_location **last_loc, int print_address_bits,
4817 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc,
4818 print_address_bits, allflag);
4820 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4821 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4822 locations, if any. */
4823 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
4825 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4826 disabled, we print it as if it had
4827 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4828 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4830 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4831 several locations internally, that's no a property
4834 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
4835 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
4836 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4838 struct bp_location *loc;
4840 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
4841 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc,
4842 print_address_bits, allflag);
4848 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
4850 int print_address_bits = 0;
4851 struct bp_location *loc;
4853 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4857 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4858 an address to print. */
4859 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
4862 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
4863 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
4864 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
4867 return print_address_bits;
4870 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4876 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
4878 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
4879 struct breakpoint *b;
4880 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
4884 if (args->bnum == b->number)
4886 int print_address_bits = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
4888 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, print_address_bits, 0);
4896 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
4898 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
4901 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4903 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
4904 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
4910 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4911 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4914 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
4916 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
4917 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
4918 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4919 || is_tracepoint (b)
4920 || is_watchpoint (b));
4923 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4924 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
4925 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
4926 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
4927 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
4928 breakpoints listed. */
4931 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag, int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
4933 struct breakpoint *b;
4934 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
4935 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
4936 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
4937 struct value_print_options opts;
4938 int print_address_bits = 0;
4940 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4942 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4943 size required for address fields. */
4944 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
4947 || bnum == b->number)
4949 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
4950 if (filter && !filter (b))
4953 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
4955 int addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
4956 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
4957 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
4959 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
4963 if (opts.addressprint)
4965 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
4969 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
4972 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4973 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4974 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4976 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4977 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4979 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4980 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4982 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4983 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4985 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4986 if (opts.addressprint)
4988 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4990 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
4991 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4993 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4995 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4997 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4998 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
4999 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5000 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5006 || bnum == b->number)
5008 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5009 if (filter && !filter (b))
5012 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5014 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
5015 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, print_address_bits, allflag);
5019 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5021 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5023 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report empty list. */
5027 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5029 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
5035 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5036 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5039 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5040 there have been breakpoints? */
5041 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5043 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5046 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5047 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5050 default_collect_info (void)
5052 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5053 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5055 if (!*default_collect)
5058 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5060 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5061 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5066 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
5071 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
5073 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0, NULL);
5075 default_collect_info ();
5079 watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp, int from_tty)
5081 int wpnum = -1, num_printed;
5084 wpnum = parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp);
5086 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (wpnum, 0, is_watchpoint);
5088 if (num_printed == 0)
5091 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5093 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum);
5098 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
5103 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
5105 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1, NULL);
5107 default_collect_info ();
5111 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5112 struct program_space *pspace,
5113 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5115 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5117 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5119 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5120 && bl->address == pc
5121 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5127 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5128 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5132 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5133 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5134 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5137 struct breakpoint *b;
5140 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5144 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5145 else /* if (others == ???) */
5146 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5148 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5151 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5152 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5153 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5154 else if (b->thread != -1)
5155 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5156 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5157 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5158 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5159 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5161 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5165 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5167 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5168 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5169 printf_filtered (".\n");
5173 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5174 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5177 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5178 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5181 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5182 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5183 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5184 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5185 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5188 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5189 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5190 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5191 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5193 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
5194 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
5195 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
5203 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5205 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5207 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5210 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5211 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5214 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2)
5216 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5217 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5218 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5220 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5221 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5222 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5223 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5224 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5225 become hw_access locations later. */
5226 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5227 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5228 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5229 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5232 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5233 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5234 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5235 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5238 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5239 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5241 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5242 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5246 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5247 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5248 represent the same location. */
5251 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2)
5253 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5255 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5256 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5257 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5259 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5260 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5262 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5265 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5267 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5268 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address);
5272 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5273 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5278 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5279 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5281 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5282 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5284 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5287 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
5288 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
5289 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
5290 this function is simply the identity function. */
5293 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5294 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5296 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5298 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5301 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5302 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5303 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5304 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5305 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5307 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5308 have their addresses modified. */
5313 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5315 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5316 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5317 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5319 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5320 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5322 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5323 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5325 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5329 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5331 static struct bp_location *
5332 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5334 struct bp_location *loc;
5336 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5337 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5341 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5350 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5351 case bp_step_resume:
5352 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5354 case bp_std_terminate:
5355 case bp_shlib_event:
5356 case bp_thread_event:
5357 case bp_overlay_event:
5359 case bp_longjmp_master:
5360 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5361 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5363 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5364 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5366 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5367 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5368 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5369 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5374 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5375 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5378 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5384 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5386 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
5387 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
5388 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
5389 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
5390 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
5391 if we remove it here, then the later call to
5392 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
5393 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
5394 with commands won't work. */
5396 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback, loc);
5401 if (loc->function_name)
5402 xfree (loc->function_name);
5407 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5408 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5409 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
5411 static struct breakpoint *
5412 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5415 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
5417 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
5418 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5421 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5422 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5423 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5425 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5428 b->ignore_count = 0;
5430 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5431 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5432 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5433 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5435 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5437 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5438 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5439 of increasing numbers. */
5441 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5443 breakpoint_chain = b;
5453 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5455 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
5457 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5459 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5460 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5461 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5463 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
5465 if (loc->function_name)
5466 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5470 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5471 static struct gdbarch *
5472 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5475 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5477 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5482 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5483 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5484 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5485 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5486 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5487 is also returned as the value of this function.
5489 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5490 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5491 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5492 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5493 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5494 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5495 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5498 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5499 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5501 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, bptype);
5502 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5503 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5505 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5507 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5509 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5510 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5512 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5513 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5514 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5515 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5516 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5517 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5518 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch, sal.pc, b->type);
5520 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5521 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5522 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5523 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5524 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5526 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5527 breakpoint resetting. */
5528 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5530 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5531 b->source_file = NULL;
5533 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5534 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5535 b->line_number = sal.line;
5537 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
5539 breakpoints_changed ();
5545 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5546 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5548 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5550 struct bp_location *bl;
5552 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5554 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5555 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5556 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5557 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5558 but it's easy to implmement. */
5559 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5563 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5564 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5565 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5568 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5570 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5572 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5573 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5574 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5575 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5577 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5578 && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
5580 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5582 clone->type = bp_longjmp;
5583 clone->thread = thread;
5587 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5589 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5591 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5594 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
5596 if (b->thread == thread)
5597 delete_breakpoint (b);
5602 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5604 struct breakpoint *b;
5607 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5609 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5610 update_global_location_list (1);
5611 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5616 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5618 struct breakpoint *b;
5621 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5623 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5624 update_global_location_list (0);
5625 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5629 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5630 master breakpoint. */
5632 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5634 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5637 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5638 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5640 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5641 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
5645 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5647 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5649 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5651 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5652 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5653 delete_breakpoint (b);
5657 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5659 struct breakpoint *b;
5661 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
5663 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5664 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5666 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5668 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5674 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5676 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5679 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
5680 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5681 delete_breakpoint (b);
5684 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5687 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
5688 char ***addr_string_p;
5692 struct lang_and_radix
5698 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5701 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5703 struct breakpoint *b;
5705 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
5706 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5711 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5713 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
5715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
5716 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
5717 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5718 delete_breakpoint (b);
5722 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5724 struct breakpoint *b;
5726 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
5727 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5731 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5732 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5735 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5737 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
5739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
5741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
5742 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5744 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5745 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5746 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5747 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5748 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5749 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
5750 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
5751 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5752 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
5753 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
5754 && !loc->shlib_disabled
5756 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
5758 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
5762 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
5767 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5768 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5771 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
5773 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
5774 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
5776 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5777 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5778 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5779 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5780 if (exec_bfd != NULL
5781 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
5784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
5786 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
5787 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5789 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5790 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
5791 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
5792 && !loc->shlib_disabled
5793 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
5794 || b->type == bp_jit_event
5795 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5796 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
5798 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
5799 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5800 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5801 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5803 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
5805 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5806 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5809 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
5814 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5816 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5819 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5821 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5824 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5827 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5829 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5832 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5836 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5838 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
5841 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5843 static enum print_stop_action
5844 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5846 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
5847 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5848 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5849 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
5852 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5855 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
5857 struct value_print_options opts;
5859 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5861 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5862 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5863 is relatively readable). */
5864 if (opts.addressprint)
5865 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5867 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
5868 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
5870 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
5871 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
5872 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5873 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
5877 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5881 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
5883 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
5886 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5890 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
5892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
5895 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5897 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
5901 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
5902 print_it_catch_fork,
5903 print_one_catch_fork,
5904 print_mention_catch_fork,
5905 print_recreate_catch_fork
5908 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5911 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5913 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5916 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5919 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5921 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
5924 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5928 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5930 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
5933 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5935 static enum print_stop_action
5936 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5938 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
5939 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5940 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5941 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
5944 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5947 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
5949 struct value_print_options opts;
5951 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5952 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5953 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5954 is relatively readable). */
5955 if (opts.addressprint)
5956 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
5959 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
5961 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
5962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
5963 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
5964 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
5968 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5972 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
5974 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
5977 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5981 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
5983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
5986 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5988 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
5992 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
5993 print_it_catch_vfork,
5994 print_one_catch_vfork,
5995 print_mention_catch_vfork,
5996 print_recreate_catch_vfork
5999 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6003 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6005 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6007 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6008 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6009 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6015 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6020 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6022 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6023 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6025 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6026 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6028 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6029 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6031 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6032 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6036 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6037 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6038 inf->any_syscall_count,
6039 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6040 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6043 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6047 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6049 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6051 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6052 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6053 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6059 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6063 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6064 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6066 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6067 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6071 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6072 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6073 inf->any_syscall_count,
6074 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6075 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6078 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6082 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6084 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
6085 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
6086 syscall we are catching. */
6087 int syscall_number = 0;
6089 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6092 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6093 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6098 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6100 if (syscall_number == iter)
6110 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6113 static enum print_stop_action
6114 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6116 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6117 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6118 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6119 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6121 struct target_waitstatus last;
6123 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6126 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6128 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6130 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6133 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6135 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6137 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6139 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6140 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6141 b->number, syscall_id);
6142 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6143 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6144 b->number, syscall_id);
6146 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6148 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6151 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6155 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6156 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6158 struct value_print_options opts;
6160 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6161 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6162 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6163 is relatively readable). */
6164 if (opts.addressprint)
6165 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6168 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6169 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6174 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6177 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6180 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6185 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6188 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6190 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6192 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6193 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6197 /* Remove the last comma. */
6198 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6203 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6206 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6210 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6212 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6216 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6217 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6219 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6222 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6226 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6229 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6231 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6233 printf_filtered (")");
6236 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6240 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6244 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6246 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6248 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6253 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6258 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6267 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6269 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6271 insert_catch_syscall,
6272 remove_catch_syscall,
6273 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6274 print_it_catch_syscall,
6275 print_one_catch_syscall,
6276 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6277 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6280 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6283 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6285 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6288 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6289 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6290 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6291 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6293 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6294 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6295 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6296 to the catchpoint. */
6298 static struct breakpoint *
6299 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6301 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6303 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6304 struct breakpoint *b;
6307 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6309 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6310 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6311 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6313 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6315 b->addr_string = NULL;
6316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6317 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6323 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6325 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6326 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6327 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6328 to the catchpoint. */
6330 static struct breakpoint *
6331 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6332 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6334 struct breakpoint *b =
6335 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6338 update_global_location_list (1);
6344 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6345 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6346 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6348 struct breakpoint *b
6349 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6351 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6353 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6356 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6359 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6361 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6365 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6367 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6371 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6373 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
6376 static enum print_stop_action
6377 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6379 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6380 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6382 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6386 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6388 struct value_print_options opts;
6390 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6392 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6393 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6394 is relatively readable). */
6395 if (opts.addressprint)
6396 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6399 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6401 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6402 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6408 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6410 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6413 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6417 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6422 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6426 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6427 print_it_catch_exec,
6428 print_one_catch_exec,
6429 print_mention_catch_exec,
6430 print_recreate_catch_exec
6434 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6435 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6437 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6438 struct breakpoint *b =
6439 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6441 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6443 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6446 update_global_location_list (1);
6450 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6452 struct breakpoint *b;
6457 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6465 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6467 struct breakpoint *b;
6470 *other_type_used = 0;
6473 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
6475 if (b->type == type)
6477 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6478 *other_type_used = 1;
6485 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6487 struct breakpoint *b;
6491 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6493 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6494 update_global_location_list (0);
6500 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6502 struct breakpoint *b;
6506 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6508 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6509 update_global_location_list (1);
6515 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6517 struct breakpoint *b;
6522 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6525 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6526 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6527 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6529 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6535 update_global_location_list (0);
6537 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
6541 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6543 struct breakpoint *b;
6546 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
6550 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6553 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6554 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6555 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
6557 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6563 breakpoint_re_set ();
6567 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6568 at address specified by SAL.
6569 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6572 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
6573 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
6575 struct breakpoint *b;
6577 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6579 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
6581 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
6582 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6583 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6584 b->frame_id = frame_id;
6586 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6587 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6588 single thread of control. */
6589 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
6590 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
6592 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6597 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6601 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
6603 struct breakpoint *copy;
6605 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6609 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
6610 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
6611 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
6613 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
6614 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
6615 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
6616 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
6617 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
6619 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
6620 copy->source_file = NULL;
6622 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
6624 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
6625 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
6626 copy->thread = orig->thread;
6627 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
6629 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6630 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6631 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
6633 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6638 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
6641 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6643 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
6645 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
6646 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
6648 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
6652 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6655 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
6658 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
6659 struct value_print_options opts;
6661 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6663 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6664 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6665 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6666 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6667 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
6669 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
6670 b->ops->print_mention (b);
6675 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
6678 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
6679 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6680 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6681 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6682 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6683 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6685 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6686 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6687 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6689 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6690 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6691 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6693 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6694 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6695 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
6696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6697 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6699 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6701 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6702 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6703 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
6704 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6705 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6707 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6715 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6716 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6718 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6719 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6722 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6728 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
6732 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6737 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6738 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6741 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6742 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6747 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6748 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
6755 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6756 case bp_step_resume:
6758 case bp_std_terminate:
6759 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6760 case bp_shlib_event:
6761 case bp_thread_event:
6762 case bp_overlay_event:
6764 case bp_longjmp_master:
6765 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6771 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6775 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
6779 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
6781 printf_filtered (" at ");
6782 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
6786 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6787 b->source_file, b->line_number);
6791 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6793 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6795 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
6800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6802 printf_filtered ("\n");
6806 static struct bp_location *
6807 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6808 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6810 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
6812 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
6813 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
6816 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
6818 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
6819 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
6820 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6821 loc->requested_address, b->type);
6822 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
6823 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
6824 loc->section = sal->section;
6826 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
6831 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6832 return 0 otherwise. */
6835 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
6839 const gdb_byte *brk;
6840 gdb_byte *target_mem;
6841 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6844 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
6846 addr = loc->address;
6847 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
6849 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6853 target_mem = alloca (len);
6855 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6856 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6857 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6858 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
6860 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
6861 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6863 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
6864 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
6867 do_cleanups (cleanup);
6874 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6875 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6876 as condition expression. */
6879 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6880 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
6882 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
6883 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
6884 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
6886 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
6889 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6891 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6892 int target_resources_ok =
6893 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
6895 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
6896 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6897 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
6898 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6901 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
6903 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
6905 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
6906 struct bp_location *loc;
6910 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
6912 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
6914 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
6915 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
6920 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
6921 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6922 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6926 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6927 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
6928 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
6929 b->disposition = disposition;
6931 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
6933 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
6934 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6935 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
6936 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6942 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6945 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
6946 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
6950 char *arg = b->cond_string;
6951 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
6953 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
6958 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6960 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6963 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6969 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6970 elements to fill the void space. */
6972 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
6974 int i = index_to_remove+1;
6975 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
6977 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
6978 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
6983 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6984 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6985 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6986 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6987 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6988 single expanded sal, return the original.
6990 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6991 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6992 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6993 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6994 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6996 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6997 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6999 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7000 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7001 char *original_function = NULL;
7004 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7006 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7007 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7008 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7011 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7012 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7018 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7020 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7022 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7024 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7025 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7027 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7029 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7030 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7031 xfree (expanded.sals);
7033 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7034 sal.pc = original_pc;
7035 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7036 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7037 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7041 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7043 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7044 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7046 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7047 char *this_function;
7049 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7053 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7054 &func_addr, &func_end))
7057 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7059 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7066 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7067 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7068 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7070 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7072 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7074 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
7075 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
7076 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
7077 xfree (expanded.sals);
7079 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7080 sal.pc = original_pc;
7081 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7088 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7089 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7100 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7101 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7102 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7103 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7104 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7105 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7106 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7107 we take just a single condition string.
7109 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7110 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7111 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7112 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7113 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7116 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7117 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
7119 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7120 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7121 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7126 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7128 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7129 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7131 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i],
7132 cond_string, type, disposition,
7133 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
7137 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7138 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7139 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7140 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
7143 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7144 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7145 char ***addr_string,
7148 char *addr_start = *address;
7150 *addr_string = NULL;
7151 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7153 if ((*address) == NULL
7154 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7156 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7158 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7160 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
7161 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7162 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7163 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7164 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7165 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7166 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7167 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7169 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
7170 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
7171 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
7172 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
7174 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7176 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7180 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7184 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7185 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
7186 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
7187 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7188 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7189 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7191 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7193 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7195 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7196 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7197 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7198 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
7201 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7202 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
7204 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7205 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
7206 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
7207 if (addr_start != (*address))
7211 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7213 /* Add the string if not present. */
7214 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
7215 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7216 (*address) - addr_start);
7222 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7223 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7226 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7231 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7232 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7235 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7236 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7237 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7238 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7239 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7243 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7244 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7247 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7249 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7251 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7253 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7255 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7257 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7260 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7261 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7268 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
7270 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
7272 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
7273 args->not_found_ptr);
7276 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7277 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7278 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7279 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7280 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7281 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7283 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7284 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7286 *cond_string = NULL;
7292 char *cond_start = NULL;
7293 char *cond_end = NULL;
7295 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
7300 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
7303 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7305 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7307 struct expression *expr;
7309 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7310 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7313 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7314 cond_end - cond_start);
7316 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7322 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7324 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7325 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7326 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7328 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7334 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7336 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7337 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7338 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7341 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7345 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7346 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7347 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7348 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7349 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
7350 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
7351 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
7352 was created; false otherwise. */
7355 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7356 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7357 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7358 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
7360 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7361 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7365 struct gdb_exception e;
7366 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7367 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7369 char *addr_start = arg;
7371 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7372 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7373 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
7377 enum bptype type_wanted;
7379 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7385 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
7386 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
7387 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
7388 parse_args.not_found_ptr = ¬_found;
7390 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
7391 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7393 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7397 throw_exception (e);
7401 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7403 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7406 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7407 throw_exception (e);
7409 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7411 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7412 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7413 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7414 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
7417 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7418 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7419 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7420 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7421 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7422 addr_string = ©_arg;
7424 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7429 throw_exception (e);
7436 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7437 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7441 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7442 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7444 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7445 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7448 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7449 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7450 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7451 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7452 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7454 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7455 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7456 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7458 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
7459 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
7462 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7463 are ok for the target. */
7465 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
7467 type_wanted = (traceflag
7468 ? (hardwareflag ? bp_fast_tracepoint : bp_tracepoint)
7469 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
7471 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7472 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7473 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7475 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7476 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7480 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7482 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7483 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7484 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7485 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7488 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7491 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7495 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7498 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7499 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7502 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, addr_string, cond_string,
7503 type_wanted, tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7504 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7509 struct breakpoint *b;
7511 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7513 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
7514 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
7515 b->number = breakpoint_count;
7517 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
7518 b->cond_string = NULL;
7519 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7520 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7521 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7523 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7524 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7526 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7527 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7528 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7529 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7536 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7537 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7538 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7541 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7543 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7544 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7545 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7547 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7548 update_global_location_list (1);
7553 /* Set a breakpoint.
7554 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7555 condition, and thread.
7556 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7557 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7561 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7563 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
7564 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7566 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7568 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7569 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
7570 0 /* Ignore count */,
7571 pending_break_support,
7572 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
7578 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7581 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7585 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7587 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7588 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7589 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7592 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7593 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7594 if (sal->explicit_line)
7595 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7598 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7600 struct blockvector *bv;
7604 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7607 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7610 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7611 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7615 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7616 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7617 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7620 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
7621 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7623 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
7625 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
7627 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
7629 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7636 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7638 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7642 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7644 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
7648 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7650 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
7654 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7656 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
7660 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7662 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7663 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7664 stop at <line>\n"));
7668 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7672 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
7674 else if (*arg != '*')
7679 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7680 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7681 function/method name */
7682 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
7684 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
7689 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7691 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
7695 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7697 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7701 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7705 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
7712 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7713 it is probably a line number. */
7714 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
7716 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
7721 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
7723 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
7727 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7729 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
7732 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero means EXP is
7733 variable. Also the constant detection may fail for some constant
7734 expressions and in such case still falsely return zero. */
7736 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
7744 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
7745 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
7748 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
7758 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
7759 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
7760 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
7761 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
7762 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
7764 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
7780 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
7792 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
7795 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
7796 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
7799 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check their
7800 operands. If they are constant, then so is the result of
7801 that operation. For instance, if A and B are determined to be
7802 constants, then so is "A + B".
7804 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the value
7805 of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when ADDR is. */
7809 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
7810 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
7811 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as constant
7812 even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return true in this
7813 case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
7814 We also have to check for function symbols because they are
7817 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
7819 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
7820 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
7821 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
7826 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
7827 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
7828 then it is not a constant. */
7837 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7838 hw_read: watch read,
7839 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7841 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
7843 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
7844 struct expression *exp;
7845 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
7846 struct value *val, *mark;
7847 struct frame_info *frame;
7848 char *exp_start = NULL;
7849 char *exp_end = NULL;
7850 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
7852 char *cond_start = NULL;
7853 char *cond_end = NULL;
7854 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
7855 enum bptype bp_type;
7859 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7860 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
7862 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
7864 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7865 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
7867 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7868 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7869 be the thread identifier. */
7870 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
7872 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
7875 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7876 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
7878 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7879 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7880 reach a "thread" token. */
7881 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
7886 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
7889 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7890 calculate the length of the token. */
7892 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7894 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7896 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7897 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7898 only in a specific thread. */
7901 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7902 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
7904 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7906 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
7907 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
7909 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7910 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
7911 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
7913 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7914 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7915 evaluate_expression() function. */
7920 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7921 innermost_block = NULL;
7923 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
7925 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7926 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7928 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
7931 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
7932 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
7936 len = exp_end - exp_start;
7937 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
7939 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
7942 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7943 mark = value_mark ();
7944 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
7946 release_value (val);
7949 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
7953 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
7956 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7957 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7959 struct expression *cond;
7961 innermost_block = NULL;
7962 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7963 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
7965 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
7966 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
7967 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7973 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7975 if (accessflag == hw_read)
7976 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
7977 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
7978 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
7980 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
7982 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
7983 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
7984 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7987 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
7988 target_resources_ok =
7989 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
7991 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
7992 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7994 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
7995 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7998 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7999 watchpoint could not be set. */
8000 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
8001 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
8003 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
8005 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
8006 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
8007 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
8008 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
8009 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
8011 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8014 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8015 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
8016 bp_watchpoint_scope);
8018 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8020 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
8021 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
8023 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
8024 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
8026 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
8027 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
8028 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
8029 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
8030 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8031 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
8032 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
8033 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
8034 scope_breakpoint->type);
8038 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8039 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
8040 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8041 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8043 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8045 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
8046 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
8047 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
8051 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
8057 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
8058 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
8062 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
8063 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
8066 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
8068 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
8069 need to act on them together. */
8070 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
8071 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
8074 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8076 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
8077 that should be inserted. */
8078 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
8081 update_global_location_list (1);
8084 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
8085 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
8086 in hardware return zero. */
8089 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
8091 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
8092 struct value *head = v;
8094 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
8095 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
8098 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
8099 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
8100 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
8101 hardware watchpoint.
8103 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
8104 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
8105 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
8106 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
8107 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
8108 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
8109 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
8110 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
8111 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
8113 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
8114 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
8115 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
8116 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
8117 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
8119 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
8122 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
8123 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
8124 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
8128 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
8129 it with hardware watchpoints. */
8130 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
8132 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
8133 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
8134 middle of some value chain. */
8136 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8137 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
8139 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
8140 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
8142 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len))
8149 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
8150 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
8151 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
8152 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
8153 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
8156 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
8157 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
8158 return found_memory_cnt;
8162 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8164 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
8168 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8170 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
8174 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8176 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
8180 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8182 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
8186 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
8188 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
8192 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8194 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
8198 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
8199 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
8201 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
8203 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8204 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
8207 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8208 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8209 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8212 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
8214 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
8216 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
8218 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
8222 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
8224 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8225 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8226 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
8227 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8228 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
8229 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8231 clear_proceed_status ();
8233 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8236 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8237 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
8238 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8240 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
8241 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8243 if (sals.nelts != 1)
8244 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8247 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
8250 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8252 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
8255 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8256 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8257 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8258 null_frame_id, bp_until);
8260 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
8261 at the very same frame. */
8262 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8263 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
8266 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
8268 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8271 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8273 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
8274 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8275 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8277 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
8279 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
8282 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
8284 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
8285 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
8286 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
8287 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8289 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
8291 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
8292 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
8294 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
8295 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
8297 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8298 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8299 until_break_command_continuation, args,
8303 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8307 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
8309 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
8311 while (isspace (**s))
8315 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8316 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8318 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8319 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8320 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8321 if clause in the arg string. */
8324 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
8328 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
8331 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8334 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8335 condition string. */
8336 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
8339 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
8340 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
8345 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8346 process start/exit, etc. */
8350 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
8351 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
8356 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8357 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8359 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8360 char *cond_string = NULL;
8361 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
8364 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
8365 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
8366 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
8370 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8372 /* The allowed syntax is:
8374 catch [v]fork if <cond>
8376 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8377 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8379 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8380 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8382 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
8383 and enable reporting of such events. */
8386 case catch_fork_temporary:
8387 case catch_fork_permanent:
8388 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8389 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
8391 case catch_vfork_temporary:
8392 case catch_vfork_permanent:
8393 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8394 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
8397 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
8403 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8404 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8406 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8408 char *cond_string = NULL;
8410 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8414 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8416 /* The allowed syntax is:
8418 catch exec if <cond>
8420 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8421 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8423 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8424 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8426 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
8427 and enable reporting of such events. */
8428 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
8429 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
8432 static enum print_stop_action
8433 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8435 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
8437 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8439 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8440 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
8441 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
8444 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8446 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
8448 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8449 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8451 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
8452 : " (exception caught), ");
8453 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8456 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8457 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8458 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8464 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8465 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8467 struct value_print_options opts;
8469 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8470 if (opts.addressprint)
8473 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
8474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
8476 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
8477 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
8482 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
8483 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
8485 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
8489 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8494 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8495 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8496 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
8497 : _("Catchpoint "));
8498 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8499 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
8503 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
8504 catch catchpoints. */
8507 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8512 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
8513 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
8514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
8515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
8518 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
8521 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8522 print_exception_catchpoint,
8523 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
8524 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
8525 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
8529 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8530 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
8532 char *trigger_func_name;
8534 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
8535 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
8537 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
8539 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8540 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
8541 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
8544 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
8545 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
8551 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
8554 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
8555 int tempflag, int from_tty)
8557 char *cond_string = NULL;
8561 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8563 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8565 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
8566 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8568 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
8569 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
8570 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
8572 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
8575 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
8578 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
8581 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8583 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8585 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
8588 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
8591 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8593 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8595 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
8598 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8601 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8602 struct symtab_and_line sal,
8606 struct expression *cond,
8607 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8611 struct breakpoint *b;
8615 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8617 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8619 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8620 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
8621 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8622 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8623 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8624 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8625 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8626 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8627 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8628 enough for now, though. */
8631 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
8632 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8634 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8635 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8636 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8637 b->ignore_count = 0;
8638 b->loc->cond = cond;
8639 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8640 b->language = language_ada;
8641 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8642 b->exp_string = exp_string;
8647 update_global_location_list (1);
8650 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8653 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
8654 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8656 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8658 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8659 char *addr_string = NULL;
8660 char *exp_string = NULL;
8661 char *cond_string = NULL;
8662 struct expression *cond = NULL;
8663 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
8665 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8669 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
8670 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
8671 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
8672 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
8676 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8678 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
8680 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
8681 VEC_free (int, iter);
8684 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8685 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8687 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
8689 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
8690 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
8692 while (*arg != '\0')
8694 int i, syscall_number;
8699 /* Skip whitespace. */
8700 while (isspace (*arg))
8703 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
8704 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
8708 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8709 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
8710 if (*endptr == '\0')
8711 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
8714 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8716 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
8718 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
8719 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8720 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8722 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
8725 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8726 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
8729 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8733 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8736 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8737 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8742 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8744 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8745 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
8746 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8747 this architeture yet."));
8749 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8751 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
8753 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8754 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8755 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8756 for his/her architecture. */
8757 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
8759 /* The allowed syntax is:
8761 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8763 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8766 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
8770 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
8771 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8774 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8777 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
8779 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8781 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8782 char *addr_string = NULL;
8783 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
8785 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8789 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
8790 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
8791 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
8795 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8797 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8802 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8804 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8807 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8810 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8812 struct breakpoint *b;
8813 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
8816 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8817 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8822 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
8827 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8828 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8829 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8830 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
8831 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
8832 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
8833 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
8834 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
8835 if (sal.symtab == 0)
8836 error (_("No source file specified."));
8844 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8845 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8846 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8847 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8848 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8850 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8851 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8852 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8853 due to optimization, all in one block.
8854 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8855 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8856 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8857 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8858 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8861 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8862 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8863 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8867 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8869 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8870 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8871 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8874 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8879 1 0 <can't happen> */
8883 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8888 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8889 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
8891 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
8892 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
8894 int pc_match = sal.pc
8895 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
8896 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
8897 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
8898 || loc->section == sal.section);
8899 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
8900 && b->source_file != NULL
8901 && sal.symtab != NULL
8902 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
8903 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
8904 && b->line_number == sal.line);
8905 if (pc_match || line_match)
8914 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
8917 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8918 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
8921 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
8923 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8926 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
8927 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8930 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
8931 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8933 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8935 breakpoints_changed ();
8937 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
8940 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
8941 delete_breakpoint (b);
8944 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8947 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8948 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8949 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8952 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
8954 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8956 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
8957 if (bs->breakpoint_at
8958 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
8959 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
8961 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
8963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8965 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
8966 delete_breakpoint (b);
8970 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8971 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8972 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8973 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8974 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8977 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
8979 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
8980 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
8981 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
8982 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
8983 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
8985 if (a->address != b->address)
8986 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
8988 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8989 if (a_perm != b_perm)
8990 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
8992 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8993 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8995 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
8996 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
8997 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
8999 return (a > b) - (a < b);
9002 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
9003 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
9004 the bp_location array. */
9007 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
9009 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
9011 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
9012 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
9014 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
9016 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
9018 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
9021 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
9022 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
9024 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
9025 addr = bl->address - start;
9026 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
9027 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
9029 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
9031 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
9032 addr = end - bl->address;
9033 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
9034 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
9038 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
9039 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
9040 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
9041 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
9042 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
9043 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
9044 returns true on them.
9046 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
9047 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
9048 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
9049 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
9050 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
9051 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
9054 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
9056 struct breakpoint *b;
9057 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
9058 struct cleanup *cleanups;
9060 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
9061 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
9062 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
9063 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
9064 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
9066 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
9067 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
9068 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
9069 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
9071 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
9072 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
9073 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
9074 unsigned old_location_count;
9076 old_location = bp_location;
9077 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
9079 bp_location_count = 0;
9080 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
9083 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9084 bp_location_count++;
9086 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
9089 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9091 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
9092 bp_location_compare);
9094 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
9096 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
9097 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
9098 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
9099 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
9100 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
9102 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
9103 former bp_location array state respectively. */
9106 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
9109 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
9110 struct bp_location **loc2p;
9112 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
9114 int found_object = 0;
9115 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
9116 int keep_in_target = 0;
9119 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
9120 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
9121 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
9122 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
9126 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9127 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9130 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
9137 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
9138 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
9139 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
9140 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
9143 if (old_loc->inserted)
9145 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
9147 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
9149 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
9150 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
9155 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
9156 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
9157 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
9159 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
9160 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
9163 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9164 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9167 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
9169 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
9171 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
9172 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
9173 loc2->duplicate = 0;
9175 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
9176 access watchpoints, if the former are not
9177 supported, but the latter are. */
9178 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9180 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
9181 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
9184 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
9187 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
9196 if (!keep_in_target)
9198 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
9200 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
9201 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
9202 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
9205 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
9206 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
9207 after calling us. */
9208 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
9209 old_loc->owner->number);
9217 if (removed && non_stop
9218 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
9219 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9221 /* This location was removed from the target. In
9222 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
9223 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
9224 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
9225 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9226 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9227 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9228 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9229 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9230 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9231 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9232 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9233 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9234 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9237 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9238 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9240 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9241 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9242 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9243 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9244 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9245 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9246 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9247 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9248 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9249 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9250 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9251 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9252 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9255 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9256 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9257 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9258 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9260 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9261 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9262 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9263 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9264 traps we can no longer explain. */
9266 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9267 old_loc->owner = NULL;
9269 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
9272 free_bp_location (old_loc);
9276 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9277 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9278 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9279 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9280 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9281 are sorted first for the same address.
9283 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9284 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9286 bp_loc_first = NULL;
9287 wp_loc_first = NULL;
9288 awp_loc_first = NULL;
9289 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
9290 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
9292 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
9293 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
9294 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
9296 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
9297 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
9298 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
9300 || loc->shlib_disabled
9301 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
9302 || is_tracepoint (b))
9305 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9306 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
9307 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9308 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9309 "actually inserted"));
9311 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
9312 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
9313 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
9314 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
9315 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
9316 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
9318 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
9320 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
9321 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
9322 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
9331 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
9332 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
9333 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9334 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9335 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9338 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9339 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9340 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
9341 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9343 do_cleanups (cleanups);
9347 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9349 struct bp_location *loc;
9352 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
9353 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
9355 free_bp_location (loc);
9356 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
9362 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
9364 struct gdb_exception e;
9366 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9367 update_global_location_list (inserting);
9370 /* Clear LOC from a BPS. */
9372 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct bp_location *loc)
9376 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
9377 if (bs->breakpoint_at == loc)
9379 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
9381 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
9385 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
9387 bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
9389 struct bp_location *loc = data;
9391 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->stop_bpstat, loc);
9395 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
9399 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
9401 struct breakpoint *b;
9403 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
9405 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
9406 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
9408 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
9409 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
9410 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
9411 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
9412 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
9414 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
9415 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
9416 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
9417 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
9418 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
9421 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
9422 breakpoints gets resolved. */
9423 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != NULL)
9425 gdb_assert (bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == bpt);
9426 bpt->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
9427 bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
9428 bpt->related_breakpoint = NULL;
9431 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
9433 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
9434 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
9439 b->next = bpt->next;
9443 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
9444 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
9445 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
9446 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
9448 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
9449 value_free (bpt->val);
9450 xfree (bpt->source_file);
9451 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
9452 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
9454 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
9455 list, update the global location list. This
9456 will remove locations that used to belong to
9457 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
9458 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
9459 looks at location's owner. It might be better
9460 design to have location completely self-contained,
9461 but it's not the case now. */
9462 update_global_location_list (0);
9465 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
9466 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
9467 bpt->type = bp_none;
9473 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
9475 delete_breakpoint (b);
9479 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9481 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
9484 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
9485 delete_breakpoint. */
9488 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
9490 delete_breakpoint (b);
9494 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9496 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
9502 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
9504 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9505 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9506 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9509 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
9510 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
9511 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
9512 && b->type != bp_jit_event
9513 && b->type != bp_thread_event
9514 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
9515 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
9516 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
9519 breaks_to_delete = 1;
9524 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9526 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
9528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
9530 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
9531 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
9532 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
9533 && b->type != bp_thread_event
9534 && b->type != bp_jit_event
9535 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
9536 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
9537 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
9539 delete_breakpoint (b);
9544 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
9548 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
9550 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
9551 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
9556 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
9557 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
9558 Null names are ignored. */
9561 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
9563 struct bp_location *l;
9564 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
9565 (int (*) (const void *,
9566 const void *)) streq,
9567 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
9569 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9572 const char *name = l->function_name;
9574 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
9578 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
9580 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9595 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
9596 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
9600 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
9602 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9603 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9604 the common case where all locations are in the same
9605 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9606 retain the location, so that when the library
9607 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9608 status of the individual locations. */
9609 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
9614 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9616 struct bp_location *new_loc =
9617 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
9619 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9621 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
9623 struct gdb_exception e;
9626 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9628 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
9633 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9634 b->number, e.message);
9635 new_loc->enabled = 0;
9639 if (b->source_file != NULL)
9640 xfree (b->source_file);
9641 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
9642 b->source_file = NULL;
9644 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
9646 if (b->line_number == 0)
9647 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
9650 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9651 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
9652 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9654 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9656 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
9657 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9658 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9659 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9660 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9661 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9662 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
9664 for (; e; e = e->next)
9666 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
9668 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
9669 if (have_ambiguous_names)
9671 for (; l; l = l->next)
9672 if (breakpoint_address_match (e->pspace->aspace, e->address,
9673 l->pspace->aspace, l->address))
9681 for (; l; l = l->next)
9682 if (l->function_name
9683 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
9693 update_global_location_list (1);
9697 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9698 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9699 Unused in this case. */
9702 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
9704 /* get past catch_errs */
9705 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
9707 int *not_found_ptr = ¬_found;
9708 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
9709 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
9711 struct gdb_exception e;
9712 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
9717 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9721 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
9723 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
9724 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9725 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
9728 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
9730 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9731 delete_breakpoint (b);
9735 set_language (b->language);
9736 input_radix = b->input_radix;
9739 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9740 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
9742 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9744 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
9749 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
9750 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9751 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9752 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9753 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9754 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9755 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9757 && (b->condition_not_parsed
9758 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9759 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
9760 not_found_and_ok = 1;
9762 if (!not_found_and_ok)
9764 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9765 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9766 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9767 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9768 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9769 which approach is better. */
9770 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
9771 throw_exception (e);
9777 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
9779 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
9780 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
9782 char *cond_string = 0;
9786 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
9787 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
9789 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9792 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
9795 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
9798 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
9799 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
9803 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9804 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9805 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9806 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9807 or it can be on local variables.
9809 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9810 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9811 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9814 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9815 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9816 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9817 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9818 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9819 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9821 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9822 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9823 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9824 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9826 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9827 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9829 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9830 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9831 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
9833 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9834 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9840 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
9842 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9843 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9844 case bp_overlay_event:
9845 case bp_longjmp_master:
9846 case bp_std_terminate_master:
9847 delete_breakpoint (b);
9850 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9851 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9852 case bp_shlib_event:
9854 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9855 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9856 case bp_thread_event:
9858 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9859 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9860 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9861 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9864 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
9866 case bp_std_terminate:
9867 case bp_step_resume:
9869 case bp_longjmp_resume:
9874 do_cleanups (cleanups);
9878 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9880 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9882 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
9883 enum language save_language;
9884 int save_input_radix;
9885 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9887 save_language = current_language->la_language;
9888 save_input_radix = input_radix;
9889 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
9891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
9893 /* Format possible error msg */
9894 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9896 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
9897 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
9898 do_cleanups (cleanups);
9900 set_language (save_language);
9901 input_radix = save_input_radix;
9903 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9905 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9907 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9908 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9909 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9910 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9911 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9912 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()");
9915 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9917 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9918 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9920 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
9922 if (b->thread != -1)
9924 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9925 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9927 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9928 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9929 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9931 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
9935 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9936 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9937 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9940 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
9942 struct breakpoint *b;
9948 if (b->number == bptnum)
9950 if (is_tracepoint (b))
9952 if (from_tty && count != 0)
9953 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
9958 b->ignore_count = count;
9962 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9964 else if (count == 1)
9965 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9968 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9971 breakpoints_changed ();
9972 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
9976 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
9980 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
9982 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9986 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9989 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
9995 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9997 num = get_number (&p);
9999 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
10001 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
10003 set_ignore_count (num,
10004 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
10007 printf_filtered ("\n");
10010 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
10011 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
10014 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10021 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
10025 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
10032 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10035 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
10039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
10040 if (b->number == num)
10042 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
10044 function (b, data);
10045 if (related_breakpoint)
10046 function (related_breakpoint, data);
10050 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
10056 static struct bp_location *
10057 find_location_by_number (char *number)
10059 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
10063 struct breakpoint *b;
10064 struct bp_location *loc;
10069 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10071 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10074 if (b->number == bp_num)
10079 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
10080 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10083 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
10085 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
10089 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
10092 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
10098 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10099 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10100 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10103 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10105 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
10106 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
10107 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
10108 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10111 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
10112 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
10115 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
10117 update_global_location_list (0);
10119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
10122 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10123 disable_breakpoint. */
10126 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10128 disable_breakpoint (b);
10132 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10134 struct breakpoint *bpt;
10137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
10141 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10144 case bp_breakpoint:
10145 case bp_tracepoint:
10146 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10147 case bp_catchpoint:
10148 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10149 case bp_watchpoint:
10150 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10151 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10152 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10153 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
10157 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
10159 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
10162 update_global_location_list (0);
10165 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
10169 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
10171 int target_resources_ok;
10173 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
10176 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10177 target_resources_ok =
10178 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10180 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
10181 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
10182 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
10183 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10186 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
10188 struct gdb_exception e;
10190 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10192 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
10196 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
10202 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10203 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10204 bpt->disposition = disposition;
10205 update_global_location_list (1);
10206 breakpoints_changed ();
10208 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
10213 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10215 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
10218 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10219 enable_breakpoint. */
10222 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10224 enable_breakpoint (b);
10227 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
10228 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
10229 in stopping the inferior. */
10232 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10234 struct breakpoint *bpt;
10237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
10241 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10244 case bp_breakpoint:
10245 case bp_tracepoint:
10246 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10247 case bp_catchpoint:
10248 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10249 case bp_watchpoint:
10250 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10251 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10252 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10253 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
10257 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
10259 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
10262 update_global_location_list (1);
10265 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
10269 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
10271 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
10275 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10277 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
10281 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
10283 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
10287 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10289 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10293 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
10298 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
10302 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
10303 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
10307 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
10308 const bfd_byte *data)
10310 struct breakpoint *bp;
10312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
10313 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
10314 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
10315 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
10317 struct bp_location *loc;
10319 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
10320 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
10321 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
10322 && addr + len > loc->address)
10324 value_free (bp->val);
10331 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
10333 struct symtabs_and_lines
10334 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
10336 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10339 error (_("Empty line specification."));
10340 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
10341 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
10342 default_breakpoint_symtab,
10343 default_breakpoint_line,
10344 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
10346 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
10347 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
10349 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
10353 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
10354 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
10355 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
10356 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
10360 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10361 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
10363 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
10365 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
10367 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
10368 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
10370 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
10372 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
10380 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
10383 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
10385 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
10388 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
10394 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
10396 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
10397 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
10399 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
10402 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10403 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR next_pc)
10407 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
10409 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
10410 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
10414 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
10415 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
10416 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
10419 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
10420 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
10421 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
10422 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
10423 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
10424 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
10426 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
10427 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
10428 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
10429 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
10432 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
10435 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10437 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
10439 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
10441 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
10442 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
10443 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
10444 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
10446 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
10448 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
10449 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
10450 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
10451 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
10455 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
10456 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
10457 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
10461 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10465 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10466 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
10468 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
10469 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
10470 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
10474 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
10478 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
10482 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10483 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
10484 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
10485 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
10488 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
10491 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
10496 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
10498 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
10500 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
10501 bp_tgt->placed_address,
10509 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
10510 non-zero otherwise. */
10512 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
10514 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
10515 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
10516 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
10523 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
10525 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
10527 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
10531 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
10533 struct breakpoint *bp;
10535 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
10536 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
10538 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
10542 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
10544 if (syscall_number == iter)
10554 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
10556 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
10557 char *text, char *word)
10559 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
10561 return (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
10564 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
10566 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
10568 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
10570 tracepoint_count = num;
10571 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
10575 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10577 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10579 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10580 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
10582 0 /* Ignore count */,
10583 pending_break_support,
10587 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
10591 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10593 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10595 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
10596 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
10598 0 /* Ignore count */,
10599 pending_break_support,
10603 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
10606 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
10607 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
10609 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
10610 static int next_cmd;
10613 read_uploaded_action (void)
10617 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
10624 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
10625 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
10626 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
10627 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
10628 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
10630 struct breakpoint *
10631 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
10633 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
10634 struct breakpoint *tp;
10636 if (utp->at_string)
10637 addr_str = utp->at_string;
10640 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
10641 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
10642 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
10644 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"),
10646 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
10647 addr_str = small_buf;
10650 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
10651 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
10652 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"),
10655 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10657 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
10659 (utp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) /* hardwareflag */,
10661 0 /* Ignore count */,
10662 pending_break_support,
10665 utp->enabled /* enabled */))
10668 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
10670 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
10671 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
10672 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
10676 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
10678 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
10681 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
10682 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
10683 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
10685 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
10687 struct command_line *cmd_list;
10692 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
10694 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
10696 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
10697 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
10698 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"),
10704 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
10708 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
10710 int tpnum = -1, num_printed;
10713 tpnum = parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp);
10715 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (tpnum, 0, is_tracepoint);
10717 if (num_printed == 0)
10720 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10722 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
10725 default_collect_info ();
10728 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10729 Not supported by all targets. */
10731 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10733 enable_command (args, from_tty);
10736 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10737 Not supported by all targets. */
10739 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10741 disable_command (args, from_tty);
10744 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10746 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10748 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
10754 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10756 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10757 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10758 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
10761 if (b->number >= 0)
10763 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10768 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10770 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
10774 if (is_tracepoint (b)
10776 delete_breakpoint (b);
10781 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10784 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10786 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10787 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10788 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10791 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10793 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
10794 unsigned int count;
10797 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
10798 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10800 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10802 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
10805 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
10807 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10810 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10813 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
10819 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
10820 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
10822 t2->pass_count = count;
10823 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
10825 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10826 t2->number, count);
10828 if (! all && *args)
10829 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
10835 struct breakpoint *
10836 get_tracepoint (int num)
10838 struct breakpoint *t;
10840 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
10841 if (t->number == num)
10847 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10848 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10851 struct breakpoint *
10852 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
10854 struct breakpoint *t;
10856 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
10857 if (t->number_on_target == num)
10863 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10864 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10865 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10866 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10867 struct breakpoint *
10868 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
10870 extern int tracepoint_count;
10871 struct breakpoint *t;
10873 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
10875 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
10878 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
10880 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10883 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
10887 if (instring && *instring)
10888 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10891 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10895 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
10896 if (t->number == tpnum)
10901 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10902 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10903 allow us to discover this. */
10904 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
10908 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
10909 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
10910 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
10914 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
10915 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
10917 struct breakpoint *tp;
10920 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10921 struct ui_file *fp;
10922 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
10924 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
10925 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
10927 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
10930 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
10931 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp))
10934 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
10935 if (filter && !filter (tp))
10940 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
10942 extra_trace_bits = 1;
10944 /* We can stop searching. */
10951 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
10955 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
10956 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
10957 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
10959 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
10960 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
10961 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
10963 if (extra_trace_bits)
10964 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
10966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
10968 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
10969 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp))
10972 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
10973 if (filter && !filter (tp))
10976 if (tp->ops != NULL)
10977 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
10980 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10981 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
10982 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
10983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
10984 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
10985 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
10986 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
10987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
10988 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
10989 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
10990 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
10991 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
10992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
10993 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
10994 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10995 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10997 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10999 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11000 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11002 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11003 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11005 if (tp->exp_string)
11006 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
11007 else if (tp->addr_string)
11008 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11013 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
11014 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
11018 if (tp->thread != -1)
11019 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
11022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
11024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
11026 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
11027 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
11030 if (tp->cond_string)
11031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
11033 if (tp->ignore_count)
11034 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
11036 if (tp->pass_count)
11037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11041 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
11043 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
11045 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
11046 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11048 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
11050 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
11053 throw_exception (ex);
11055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
11058 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
11059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
11061 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
11062 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
11063 special, and not user visible. */
11064 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
11066 struct bp_location *loc;
11069 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
11071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
11075 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
11076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
11078 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11080 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
11083 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
11086 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11088 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
11091 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
11094 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11096 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
11099 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
11101 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
11104 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
11105 struct breakpoint *tp;
11107 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
11109 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
11116 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
11117 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
11118 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
11119 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
11120 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
11121 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11122 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
11123 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
11124 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
11125 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
11126 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
11128 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
11129 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
11131 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
11133 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
11135 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
11136 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
11138 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
11139 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
11141 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
11142 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
11144 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
11145 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
11146 struct cmd_list_element *command),
11147 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
11148 char *text, char *word),
11149 void *user_data_catch,
11150 void *user_data_tcatch)
11152 struct cmd_list_element *command;
11154 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
11156 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
11157 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
11158 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
11160 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
11162 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
11163 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
11164 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
11168 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
11170 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
11171 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
11172 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
11176 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11178 printf_unfiltered (_("\
11179 \"save\" must be followed by the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
11180 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
11184 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
11186 struct cmd_list_element *c;
11188 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
11189 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
11190 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
11192 breakpoint_chain = 0;
11193 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
11194 before a breakpoint is set. */
11195 breakpoint_count = 0;
11197 tracepoint_count = 0;
11199 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
11200 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
11201 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
11203 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
11205 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
11206 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
11207 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
11208 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
11209 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
11210 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
11211 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
11212 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
11214 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
11215 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
11216 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
11217 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
11219 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
11220 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
11221 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
11222 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
11223 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
11225 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
11226 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11228 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
11229 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
11230 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
11231 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
11233 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
11234 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11236 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
11237 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
11238 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
11239 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
11241 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
11242 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11244 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11245 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11246 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11247 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
11248 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11249 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
11250 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
11252 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11253 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11254 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11255 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
11256 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11257 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
11259 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11261 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
11262 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
11263 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
11264 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
11265 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
11266 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
11268 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
11269 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11270 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
11273 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
11274 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11275 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
11278 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
11279 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11280 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
11283 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
11284 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
11285 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
11288 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
11289 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11290 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11291 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11292 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
11293 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
11294 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11295 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
11297 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
11298 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11299 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11300 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11301 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
11303 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
11304 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
11305 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11306 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11307 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
11308 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
11311 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
11312 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
11313 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11314 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11316 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
11317 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
11318 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
11319 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
11320 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
11322 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
11323 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
11324 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11325 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
11327 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
11328 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
11329 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
11330 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
11331 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
11334 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
11335 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
11336 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11337 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
11338 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
11339 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
11341 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
11342 is executing in.\n\
11344 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
11346 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
11347 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
11348 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
11349 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11351 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
11352 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
11353 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
11354 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
11357 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
11361 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
11362 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
11363 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
11364 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
11365 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
11366 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
11367 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
11368 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
11369 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11370 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11371 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11372 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11373 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11374 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11375 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11376 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11378 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11379 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11380 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11381 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11382 breakpoint set."));
11385 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
11386 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11387 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11388 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11389 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11390 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11391 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11392 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11393 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11395 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11396 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11397 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11398 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11399 breakpoint set."));
11401 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
11404 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
11405 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11406 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11407 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11408 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11409 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11410 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11411 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11412 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11414 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11415 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11416 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11417 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11418 breakpoint set."));
11420 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
11421 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
11422 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
11423 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
11424 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
11425 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
11426 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
11427 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
11428 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
11429 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
11430 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
11431 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
11432 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
11434 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
11435 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
11436 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
11437 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
11439 &maintenanceinfolist);
11441 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
11442 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
11443 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
11444 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
11446 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
11447 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
11448 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
11449 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
11451 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
11452 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
11453 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
11454 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11455 catch_catch_command,
11459 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
11460 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
11461 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11462 catch_throw_command,
11466 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
11467 catch_fork_command_1,
11469 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
11470 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
11471 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
11472 catch_fork_command_1,
11474 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
11475 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
11476 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
11477 catch_exec_command_1,
11481 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
11482 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
11483 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
11484 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
11485 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
11486 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
11487 catch_syscall_command_1,
11488 catch_syscall_completer,
11491 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
11492 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
11493 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11494 catch_ada_exception_command,
11498 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
11499 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
11500 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
11501 catch_assert_command,
11506 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
11507 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11508 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11509 an expression changes."));
11510 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11512 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
11513 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11514 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11515 an expression is read."));
11516 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11518 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
11519 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
11520 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
11521 an expression is either read or written."));
11522 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
11524 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
11525 Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER."));
11529 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
11530 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
11531 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
11532 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
11533 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11534 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
11535 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
11536 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
11537 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
11540 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
11541 &setlist, &showlist);
11543 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
11545 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
11547 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
11548 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11550 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
11551 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11552 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11554 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
11555 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11556 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11557 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
11559 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
11560 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
11562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
11563 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
11564 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
11566 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
11567 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
11568 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
11569 last tracepoint set."));
11571 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
11573 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
11574 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
11575 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11576 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
11579 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
11580 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
11581 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11582 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
11584 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
11586 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
11587 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
11588 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
11589 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
11591 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
11593 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
11594 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
11595 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
11596 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
11597 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
11599 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
11600 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
11601 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
11602 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
11604 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
11605 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
11606 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints, \n\
11607 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
11608 session to restore them."),
11610 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
11612 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
11613 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
11614 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
11616 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
11618 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
11619 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
11621 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
11622 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11623 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11624 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11625 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
11626 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
11627 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
11628 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
11629 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
11630 pending breakpoint behavior"),
11631 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
11632 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
11634 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
11635 &pending_break_support, _("\
11636 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11637 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
11638 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
11639 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
11640 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
11641 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
11643 show_pending_break_support,
11644 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
11645 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
11647 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
11649 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
11650 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
11651 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11652 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
11653 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
11654 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
11655 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
11657 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
11658 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
11659 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
11661 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
11662 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
11663 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11664 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
11665 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
11666 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
11667 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
11668 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
11669 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
11670 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
11671 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
11672 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
11674 &show_always_inserted_mode,
11675 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
11676 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
11678 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
11680 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);